1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000,01,02,03,04
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
105 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
108 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
110 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
111 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
116 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
118 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
119 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
121 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
124 #if defined USE_MOTIF
125 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
126 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
127 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
130 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
132 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
133 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
135 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
138 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
141 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
142 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
143 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
147 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
148 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
149 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
154 #ifndef XtNinitialState
155 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
159 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
161 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
165 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
170 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
172 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
174 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
177 static int any_help_event_p
;
179 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
180 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
182 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
186 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
191 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
192 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
193 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
194 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
196 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
198 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
199 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
200 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
201 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
203 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
207 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
210 /* The application context for Xt use. */
211 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
212 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
215 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
217 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
219 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
220 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
222 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
224 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
225 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
226 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
228 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
232 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
233 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
234 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
235 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
237 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
239 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
240 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
241 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
242 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
243 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
244 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
245 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
246 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
247 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
250 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
252 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
253 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
255 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
257 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
258 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
261 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
262 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
265 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
267 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
268 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
269 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
270 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
271 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
272 it's somewhat accurate. */
274 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
276 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
280 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
282 static int input_signal_count
;
285 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
287 static int x_noop_count
;
289 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
291 extern char **initial_argv
;
292 extern int initial_argc
;
294 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
296 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
298 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
304 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
306 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
308 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
310 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
311 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
312 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
317 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
318 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
320 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
321 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
322 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
323 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
324 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
325 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
327 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
328 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
329 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
330 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
333 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
334 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
335 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
336 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
338 struct display
*x_create_frame_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
339 void x_delete_frame_display
P_ ((struct display
*));
340 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
341 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
342 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct display
*));
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct display
*));
347 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
351 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
352 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
354 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
361 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, GC
));
362 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
363 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
364 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
365 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
366 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
368 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
369 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
371 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
372 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
374 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
386 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
387 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
388 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
389 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
391 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
392 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
397 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
398 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
399 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
400 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
401 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
404 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
407 /***********************************************************************
409 ***********************************************************************/
413 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
414 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
422 struct record event_record
[100];
424 int event_record_index
;
426 record_event (locus
, type
)
430 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
431 event_record_index
= 0;
433 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
434 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
435 event_record_index
++;
442 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
444 struct x_display_info
*
445 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
448 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
450 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
451 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
459 /***********************************************************************
460 Starting and ending an update
461 ***********************************************************************/
463 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
464 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
465 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
466 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
467 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
476 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
477 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
481 x_update_window_begin (w
)
484 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
485 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
488 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
492 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
494 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
495 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
497 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
499 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
500 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
502 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
503 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
504 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
505 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
506 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
507 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
509 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
510 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
511 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
512 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
513 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
514 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
515 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
519 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
520 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
523 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
524 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
533 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
536 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
540 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
542 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
543 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
546 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
548 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
549 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
551 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
552 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
553 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
555 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
556 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
560 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
562 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
566 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
571 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
573 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
575 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
576 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
581 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
582 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
583 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
585 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
587 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
590 updated_window
= NULL
;
594 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
601 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
602 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
606 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
612 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
613 complete update has been performed. The global variable
614 updated_window is not available here. */
617 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
622 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
624 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
625 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
628 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
629 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
630 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
632 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
639 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
640 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
641 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
642 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
643 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
644 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
647 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
648 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
650 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
656 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
657 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
659 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
660 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
661 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
662 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
663 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
664 overhead is very small. */
665 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
666 && desired_row
->full_width_p
667 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
668 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
670 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
673 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
675 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
676 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
677 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
681 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
682 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
683 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
684 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
685 y
, width
, height
, False
);
691 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
693 struct glyph_row
*row
;
694 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
696 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
697 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
698 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
699 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
700 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
703 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
704 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
707 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
710 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
711 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
712 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
713 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
715 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
718 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
720 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
722 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
723 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
724 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
725 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
727 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
729 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
731 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
732 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
735 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
741 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
742 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
746 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
748 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
750 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
752 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
754 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
755 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
757 face
->background
, depth
);
761 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
762 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
765 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
766 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
767 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
768 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
771 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
772 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
773 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
777 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
778 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
779 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
783 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
788 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
789 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
790 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
794 XTset_terminal_modes (struct display
*display
)
798 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
799 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
802 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct display
*display
)
808 /***********************************************************************
810 ***********************************************************************/
812 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
814 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
817 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
818 is not contained in the font. */
821 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
824 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
826 /* The result metric information. */
827 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
829 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
831 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
833 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
835 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
836 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
837 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
838 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
839 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
840 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
841 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
842 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
843 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
844 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
848 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
849 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
850 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
851 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
853 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
854 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
858 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
860 \ = integer modulus */
861 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
862 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
863 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
864 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
866 pcm
= (font
->per_char
867 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
868 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
869 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
875 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
876 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
877 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
878 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
879 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
880 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
884 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
889 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
890 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
893 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
896 struct font_info
*font_info
;
899 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
900 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
902 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
903 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
905 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
907 /* It's a program. */
908 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
910 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
912 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
913 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
918 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
919 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
920 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
923 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
925 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
927 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
928 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
930 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
932 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
934 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
936 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
938 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
939 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
940 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
942 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
943 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
947 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
949 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
954 /***********************************************************************
956 ***********************************************************************/
960 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
961 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
964 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
973 unsigned long *, double, int));
974 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
975 double, int, unsigned long));
976 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
979 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
980 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
981 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
983 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
984 int, int, int, int, int, int,
986 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
987 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
990 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
994 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
999 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1001 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1002 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1003 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1005 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1008 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1012 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1013 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1015 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1016 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1018 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1023 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1024 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1025 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1027 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1028 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1031 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1032 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1033 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1034 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1036 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1037 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1040 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1041 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1043 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1048 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1051 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1052 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1057 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1058 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1059 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1061 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1063 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1064 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1066 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1067 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1068 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1070 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1071 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1072 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1075 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1080 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1081 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1082 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1083 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1084 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1085 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1087 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1088 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1091 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1092 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1094 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1097 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1101 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1102 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1103 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1106 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1107 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1109 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1113 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1114 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1118 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1119 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1121 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1123 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1125 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1126 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1128 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1130 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1131 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1133 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1135 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1138 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1140 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1141 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1143 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1144 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1146 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1147 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1151 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1152 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 /* GC must have been set. */
1156 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1160 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1161 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1164 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1165 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1168 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1169 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1174 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1175 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1178 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1179 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1182 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1185 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1186 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1187 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1188 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1189 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1194 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1197 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1198 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1202 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1203 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1204 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1205 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1209 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1210 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1211 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1212 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1213 contains the first component of a composition. */
1216 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1217 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1220 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1221 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1222 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1224 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1228 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1229 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1230 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1231 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1232 s
->background_width
,
1233 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1234 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1235 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1237 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1238 || s
->font_not_found_p
1239 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1242 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1243 s
->background_width
,
1244 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1245 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1251 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1254 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1255 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1259 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1260 of S to the right of that box line. */
1261 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1262 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1263 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1267 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1269 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1271 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1273 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1274 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1275 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1277 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1282 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1283 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1285 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1286 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1288 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1290 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1291 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1293 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1294 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1295 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1296 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1297 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1298 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1299 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1301 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1303 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1304 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1306 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1307 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1312 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1313 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1315 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1316 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1321 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1322 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1324 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1325 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1327 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1328 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1333 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1336 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1337 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1341 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1342 of S to the right of that box line. */
1343 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1344 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1345 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1349 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1350 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1351 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1352 this composition. */
1354 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1355 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1356 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1359 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1360 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1364 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1366 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1367 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1368 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1370 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1371 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1372 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1373 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1380 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1382 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1383 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1384 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1385 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1386 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1389 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1390 cannot be determined. */
1392 static struct frame
*
1393 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1396 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1400 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1402 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1403 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1404 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1405 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1406 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1407 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1409 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1410 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1411 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1412 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1413 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1415 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1416 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1417 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1424 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1425 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1426 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1427 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1430 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1435 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1436 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1440 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1441 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1442 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1443 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1444 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1445 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1448 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1452 unsigned long *pixel
;
1456 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1457 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1461 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1462 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1464 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1466 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1468 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1473 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1474 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1476 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1479 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1481 DPY is the display we are working on.
1483 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1484 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1485 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1486 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1488 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1489 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1491 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1492 we allocated the color or not.
1494 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1497 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1501 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1502 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1512 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1513 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1515 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1519 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1520 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1521 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1523 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1525 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1526 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1528 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1530 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1531 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1533 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1534 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1536 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1537 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1542 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1544 params
[0] = color_name
;
1545 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1546 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1547 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1552 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1554 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1556 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1560 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1564 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1565 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1568 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1573 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1574 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1575 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1577 APP is the application context in which we work.
1579 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1580 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1581 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1583 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1586 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1595 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1597 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1600 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1602 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1603 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1604 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1605 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1606 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1611 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1614 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1615 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1616 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1617 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1619 static const XColor
*
1620 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1624 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1626 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1628 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1631 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1632 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1633 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1634 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1637 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1640 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1644 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1645 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1649 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1650 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1653 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1658 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1660 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1663 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1665 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1666 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1667 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1668 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1672 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1676 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1677 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1680 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1684 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1688 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1689 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1690 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1694 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1701 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1704 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1705 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1706 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1707 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1709 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1711 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1713 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1715 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1716 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1717 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1718 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1720 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1723 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1727 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1728 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1729 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1730 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1734 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1735 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1736 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1737 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1738 XColor
*cached_color
;
1740 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1741 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1742 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1743 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1744 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1746 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1747 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1748 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1752 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1754 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1755 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1761 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1762 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1763 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1767 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1772 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1773 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1777 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1778 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1779 get color reference counts right. */
1782 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1784 unsigned long pixel
;
1788 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1790 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1791 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1793 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1794 register_color (pixel
);
1800 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1801 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1802 get color reference counts right. */
1805 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1808 unsigned long pixel
;
1812 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1814 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1815 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1817 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1818 register_color (pixel
);
1824 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1827 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1828 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1829 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1830 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1831 use an additional additive factor.
1833 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1834 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1835 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1838 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1839 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1840 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1841 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1842 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1843 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1846 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1850 unsigned long *pixel
;
1858 /* Get RGB color values. */
1859 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1860 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1862 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1863 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1864 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1865 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1866 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1868 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1869 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1871 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1872 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1873 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1874 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1875 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1877 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1878 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1879 /* The additive adjustment. */
1880 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1884 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1885 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1886 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1890 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1891 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1892 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1896 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1897 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1900 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1902 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1903 delta to the RGB values. */
1904 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1906 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1907 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1908 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1909 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1920 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1921 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1922 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1923 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1924 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1925 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1928 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1930 struct relief
*relief
;
1933 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1936 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1937 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1938 unsigned long pixel
;
1939 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1940 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1941 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1942 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1944 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1945 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1947 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1948 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1949 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1951 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1953 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1954 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1957 /* Allocate new color. */
1958 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1960 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1961 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1963 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1964 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1967 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1969 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1971 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1974 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1978 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1981 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1982 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1984 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1985 unsigned long color
;
1987 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1988 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1989 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1991 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1992 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1997 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1998 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1999 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2002 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2003 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2005 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2006 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2007 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2008 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2009 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2014 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2015 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2016 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2017 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2018 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2019 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2023 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2024 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2026 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2027 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2028 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2030 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2031 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2036 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2038 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2039 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2043 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2044 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2045 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2046 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2050 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2051 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2052 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2054 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2056 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2058 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2059 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2063 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2064 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2065 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2066 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2070 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2071 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2072 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2074 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2078 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2079 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2080 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2081 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2082 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2083 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2086 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2087 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2088 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2089 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2090 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2094 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2095 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2096 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2099 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2100 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2104 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2105 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2108 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2109 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2113 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2114 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2116 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2117 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2121 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2124 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2125 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2127 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2128 int left_p
, right_p
;
2129 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2130 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2132 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2133 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2134 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2136 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2137 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2138 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2139 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2142 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2143 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2145 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2147 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2148 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2150 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2152 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2154 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2156 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2157 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2159 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2160 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2161 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2163 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2165 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2167 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2168 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2169 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2172 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2173 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2174 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2179 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2182 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2183 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2186 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2188 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2189 right of that line. */
2190 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2191 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2193 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2195 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2197 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2198 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2199 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2200 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2206 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2207 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2208 trust on the shape extension to be available
2209 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2211 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2214 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2216 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2217 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2218 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2219 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2220 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2222 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2225 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2226 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2227 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2228 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2229 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2230 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2234 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2236 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2239 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2240 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2241 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2242 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2243 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2244 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2246 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2247 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2248 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2249 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2250 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2251 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2252 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2254 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2256 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2258 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2259 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2264 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2265 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2266 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2270 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2273 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2274 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2276 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2279 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2281 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2282 right of that line. */
2283 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2284 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2286 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2288 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2290 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2291 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2292 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2293 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2295 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2296 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2298 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2299 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2303 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2304 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2309 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2310 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2312 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2313 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2314 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2316 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2318 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2323 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2326 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2327 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2331 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2333 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2334 right of that line. */
2335 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2336 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2338 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2340 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2342 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2343 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2344 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2345 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2351 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2352 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2353 trust on the shape extension to be available
2354 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2356 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2360 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2361 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2362 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2363 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2364 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2366 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2367 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2368 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2369 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2373 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2374 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2375 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2377 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2378 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2379 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2380 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2381 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2382 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2383 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2385 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2387 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2388 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2389 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2394 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2395 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2396 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2400 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2401 give the rectangle to draw. */
2404 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2405 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2410 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2411 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2412 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2413 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2416 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2420 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2423 s->x +-------------------------
2426 | +-------------------------
2429 | | +-------------------
2435 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2436 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2438 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2439 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2441 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2444 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2445 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2446 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2447 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2449 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2450 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2452 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2453 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2457 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2458 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2462 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2463 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2464 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2465 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2466 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2468 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2469 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2470 s
->background_width
,
2473 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2475 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2477 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2480 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2481 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2482 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2483 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2484 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2489 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2491 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2492 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2493 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2494 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2502 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2504 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2506 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2507 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2509 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2512 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2515 /* Draw the foreground. */
2518 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2519 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2520 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2521 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2522 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2525 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2527 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2529 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2530 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2531 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2535 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2538 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2539 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2541 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2542 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2544 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2545 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2547 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2548 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2549 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2552 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2554 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2555 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2557 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2558 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2562 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2563 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2565 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2571 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2572 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2574 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2576 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2577 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2578 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2579 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2584 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2585 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2586 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2587 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2591 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2592 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2595 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2599 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2602 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2603 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2605 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2607 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2608 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2609 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2610 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2612 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2613 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2614 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2615 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2618 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2619 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2621 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2622 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2623 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2624 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2625 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2626 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2629 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2630 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2631 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2632 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2636 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2638 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2641 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2645 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2649 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2650 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2653 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2656 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2657 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2658 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2660 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2661 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2668 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2670 /* Draw underline. */
2671 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2673 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2676 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2677 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2680 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2681 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2682 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2683 specs, and its default is
2685 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2686 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2688 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2689 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2690 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2691 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2692 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2694 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2696 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2697 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2698 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2702 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2704 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2705 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2706 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2710 /* Draw overline. */
2711 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2713 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2715 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2716 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2721 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2723 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2725 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2729 /* Draw strike-through. */
2730 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2732 unsigned long h
= 1;
2733 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2735 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2736 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2741 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2742 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2743 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2745 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2749 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2750 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2751 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2754 /* Reset clipping. */
2755 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2758 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2761 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2763 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2765 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2766 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2767 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2771 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2775 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2783 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2784 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2787 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2794 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2795 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2799 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2800 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2803 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2805 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2807 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2808 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2809 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2811 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2812 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2814 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2816 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2817 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2818 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2820 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2823 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2831 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2833 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2834 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2836 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2839 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2840 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2843 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2844 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2846 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2847 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2848 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2850 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2851 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2855 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2857 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2858 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2862 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2864 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2865 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2867 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2869 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2881 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2882 pixels into background pixels. */
2886 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2887 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2888 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2890 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2891 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2895 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2896 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2897 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2898 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2899 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2900 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2901 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2905 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2906 edge it is next to. */
2907 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2909 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2910 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2913 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2914 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2921 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2923 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2924 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2926 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2928 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2929 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2930 width
, flash_height
);
2931 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2933 (height
- flash_height
2934 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2935 width
, flash_height
);
2938 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2939 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2940 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2941 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2946 struct timeval wakeup
;
2948 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2950 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2951 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2952 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2953 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2955 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2957 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2959 struct timeval current
;
2960 struct timeval timeout
;
2962 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2964 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2965 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2968 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2970 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2972 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2973 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2977 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2978 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2980 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2982 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2983 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2984 width
, flash_height
);
2985 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2987 (height
- flash_height
2988 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2989 width
, flash_height
);
2992 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2993 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2994 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2995 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2997 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3005 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3008 /* Make audible bell. */
3013 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3015 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3017 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3024 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3025 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3032 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3033 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3034 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3035 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3038 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3041 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3046 /***********************************************************************
3048 ***********************************************************************/
3050 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3051 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3054 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3062 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3065 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3069 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3070 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3072 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3073 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3075 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3077 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3078 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3079 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3083 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3084 line at the bottom. */
3085 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3086 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3088 height
= run
->height
;
3092 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3094 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3095 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3097 height
= run
->height
;
3102 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3106 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3107 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3108 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3118 /***********************************************************************
3120 ***********************************************************************/
3127 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3128 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3129 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3130 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3132 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3133 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3135 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3139 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3142 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3143 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3144 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3145 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3147 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3148 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3150 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3153 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3154 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3155 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3156 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3157 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3160 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3161 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3162 struct frame
*frame
;
3164 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3166 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3168 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3169 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3170 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3172 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3173 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3176 selected_frame
= frame
;
3177 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3179 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3180 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3183 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3184 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3186 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3189 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3192 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3193 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3194 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3197 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3200 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3201 struct frame
*frame
;
3202 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3204 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3206 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3208 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3209 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3211 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3212 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3213 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3214 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3215 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3217 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3218 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3222 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3225 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3226 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3229 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3231 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3233 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3235 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3236 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3240 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3241 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3246 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3247 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3249 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3252 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3253 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3255 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3257 struct frame
*frame
;
3259 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3263 switch (event
->type
)
3268 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3270 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3272 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3273 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3274 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3275 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3277 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3283 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3284 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3285 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3286 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3292 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3295 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3296 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3298 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3301 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3302 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3303 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3305 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3306 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3307 the appropriate X display info. */
3310 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3311 struct frame
*frame
;
3313 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3317 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3318 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3320 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3322 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3324 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3325 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3326 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3327 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3328 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3330 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3331 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3335 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3337 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3340 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3341 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3342 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3348 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3350 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3352 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3353 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3355 int min_code
, max_code
;
3358 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3360 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3361 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3362 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3363 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3364 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3367 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3369 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3370 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3373 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3374 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3376 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3378 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3379 Alt keysyms are on. */
3381 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3382 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3384 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3386 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3387 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3389 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3391 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3395 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3399 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3401 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3407 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3408 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3413 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3414 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3419 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3420 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3421 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3422 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3427 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3428 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3429 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3430 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3434 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3435 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3436 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3437 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3438 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3447 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3448 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3450 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3451 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3454 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3455 make them just meta, not alt. */
3456 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3458 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3461 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3462 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3465 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3469 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3470 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3475 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3476 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3479 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3480 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3481 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3482 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3485 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3486 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3489 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3493 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3494 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3498 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3499 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3504 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3505 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3509 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3510 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3511 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3512 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3513 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3514 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3515 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3516 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3519 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3523 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3524 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3527 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3530 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3536 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3544 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3546 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3548 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3552 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3553 struct input_event
*result
;
3554 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3557 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3559 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3560 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3561 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3562 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3564 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3568 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3569 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3570 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3576 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3577 The input handler calls this.
3579 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3580 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3581 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3582 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3584 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3585 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3588 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3590 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3592 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3593 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3594 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3596 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3598 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3599 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3600 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3603 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3604 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3605 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3606 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3607 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3609 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3610 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3611 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3616 /************************************************************************
3618 ************************************************************************/
3621 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3623 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3624 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3625 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3626 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3627 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3631 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3634 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3635 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3636 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3640 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3647 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3649 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3653 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3654 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3655 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3657 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3661 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3662 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3664 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3665 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3668 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3669 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3670 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3671 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3682 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3683 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3685 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3686 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3687 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3688 position on the scroll bar.
3690 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3691 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3694 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3695 was at this position.
3697 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3699 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3703 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3706 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3707 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3709 unsigned long *time
;
3715 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3716 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3722 Window dummy_window
;
3725 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3727 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3728 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3729 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3730 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3731 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3733 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3735 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3736 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3737 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3739 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3742 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3743 a different screen. */
3746 /* The position on that root window. */
3749 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3752 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3754 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3756 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3757 containing the pointer. */
3761 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3766 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3767 structure is changing at the same time this function
3768 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3770 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3772 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3773 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3775 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3776 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3777 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3779 /* From-window, to-window. */
3780 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3782 /* From-position, to-position. */
3783 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3787 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3793 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3795 /* From-window, to-window. */
3798 /* From-position, to-position. */
3799 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3804 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3812 /* Now we know that:
3813 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3814 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3815 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3816 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3817 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3818 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3819 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3820 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3821 never use them in that case.) */
3823 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3824 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3826 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3827 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3830 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3831 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3833 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3836 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3839 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3841 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3844 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3846 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3850 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3856 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3857 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3861 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3862 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3863 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3864 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3865 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3866 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3867 the frame are divided into. */
3869 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3872 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3873 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3876 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3877 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3881 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3882 round down even for negative values. */
3887 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3888 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3890 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3891 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3892 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3893 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3899 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3900 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3901 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3911 /***********************************************************************
3913 ***********************************************************************/
3915 /* Scroll bar support. */
3917 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3919 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3922 static struct scroll_bar
*
3923 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3930 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3931 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3933 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3934 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3937 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3939 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3940 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3941 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3944 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3947 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3949 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3950 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3951 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3952 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3953 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3956 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3957 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3958 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3959 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3966 #if defined USE_LUCID
3968 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3969 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3972 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3977 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3978 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3981 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3983 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3984 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3986 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3994 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3997 /************************************************************************
3999 ************************************************************************/
4001 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4003 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4004 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4005 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4006 struct scroll_bar
*));
4007 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4011 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4012 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4014 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4016 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4018 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4020 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4021 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4024 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4026 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4028 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4030 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4031 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4032 to avoid jerkyness. */
4034 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4036 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
4038 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4039 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4040 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4041 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4044 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4047 XtPointer client_data
;
4051 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4057 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4058 end_action
= "Release";
4059 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4060 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4061 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4062 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4065 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4066 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4070 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4071 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4072 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4074 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4076 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4077 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4078 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4080 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4081 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4083 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4084 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4087 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4089 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4090 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4092 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4093 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4096 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4097 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4098 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4099 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4102 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4104 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4107 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4108 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4109 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4114 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4115 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4116 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4117 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4118 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4121 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4122 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4123 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4124 into that array in the event. */
4125 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4126 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4129 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4131 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4132 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4133 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4135 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4137 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4138 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4141 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4142 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4143 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4144 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4145 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4146 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4148 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4149 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4151 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4152 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4153 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4154 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4159 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4163 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4165 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4167 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4172 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4173 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4175 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4176 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4178 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4179 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4182 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4184 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4186 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4187 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4188 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4189 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4190 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4196 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4198 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4201 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4202 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4203 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4206 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4208 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4210 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4211 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4212 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4216 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4217 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4218 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4221 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4222 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4223 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4226 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4227 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4228 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4231 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4232 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4233 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4237 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4238 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4241 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4242 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4243 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4250 /* Get the slider size. */
4252 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4255 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4256 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4257 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4258 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4262 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4268 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4269 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4270 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4275 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4277 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4278 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4281 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4285 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4291 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4292 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4294 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4296 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4298 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4301 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4303 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4309 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4311 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4313 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4314 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4316 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4318 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4319 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4321 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4323 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4324 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4326 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4328 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4329 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4333 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4334 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4335 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4336 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4341 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4342 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4343 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4347 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4349 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4350 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4351 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4355 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4357 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4359 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4360 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4362 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4365 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4367 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4371 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4373 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4374 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4375 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4376 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4377 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4379 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4381 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4383 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4384 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4385 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4386 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4390 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4391 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4392 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4393 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4394 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4395 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4396 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4399 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4401 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4403 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4404 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4405 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4409 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4411 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4414 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4415 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4417 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4418 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4419 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4420 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4422 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4424 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4425 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4426 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4427 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4430 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4431 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4433 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4435 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4436 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4440 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4442 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4444 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4447 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4452 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4455 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4457 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4463 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4464 unsigned long pixel
;
4469 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4470 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4471 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4472 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4473 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4474 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4475 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4476 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4478 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4481 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4485 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4488 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4492 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4493 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4495 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4496 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4498 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4500 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4502 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4504 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4506 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4508 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4511 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4512 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4514 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4515 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4516 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4517 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4519 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4521 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4522 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4523 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4524 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4525 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4526 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4527 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4528 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4530 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4533 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4537 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4540 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4544 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4546 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4547 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4549 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4550 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4551 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4553 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4555 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4557 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4558 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4559 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4561 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4564 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4565 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4566 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4567 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4568 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4570 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4574 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4575 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4576 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4578 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4580 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4583 /* Specify the colors. */
4584 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4587 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4590 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4593 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4598 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4599 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4603 char *val
= initial
;
4604 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4605 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4607 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4608 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4609 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4610 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4614 /* Define callbacks. */
4615 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4616 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4619 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4620 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4622 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4624 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4625 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4626 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4627 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4629 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4630 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4631 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4632 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4636 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4639 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4640 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4644 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4645 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4646 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4648 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4651 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4653 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4654 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4655 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4657 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4658 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4665 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4666 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4667 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4668 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4669 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4670 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4671 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4672 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4673 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4674 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4675 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4676 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4677 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4678 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4685 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4686 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4689 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4693 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4694 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4696 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4697 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4698 size
= max (size
, 1);
4700 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4701 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4702 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4704 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4706 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4712 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4713 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4717 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4719 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4720 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4721 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4725 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4726 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4727 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4730 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4731 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4733 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4734 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4735 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4736 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4738 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4739 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4743 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4744 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4746 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4747 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4749 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4750 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4751 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4752 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4753 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4756 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4757 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4758 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4760 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4763 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4764 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4769 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4773 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4775 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4779 /************************************************************************
4780 Scroll bars, general
4781 ************************************************************************/
4783 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4784 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4785 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4788 static struct scroll_bar
*
4789 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4791 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4793 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4794 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4795 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4799 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4800 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4801 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4803 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4807 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4808 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4809 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4811 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4812 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4814 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4816 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4818 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4819 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4820 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4821 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4822 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4824 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4826 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4827 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4828 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4830 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4832 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4839 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4841 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4843 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4844 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4845 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4846 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4847 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4848 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4849 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4850 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4852 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4853 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4855 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4856 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4857 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4859 /* Map the window/widget. */
4860 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4863 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4864 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4866 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4867 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4871 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4872 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4873 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4874 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4875 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4877 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4878 max (height
, 1), 0);
4879 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4880 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4882 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4883 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4884 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4891 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4893 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4894 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4895 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4898 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4899 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4900 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4901 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4902 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4904 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4907 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4908 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4912 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4913 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4914 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4915 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4917 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4919 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4920 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4926 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4927 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4928 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4930 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4931 the distance between start and end. */
4933 int length
= end
- start
;
4937 else if (start
> top_range
)
4939 end
= start
+ length
;
4943 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4947 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4948 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4949 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4951 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4952 if (end
> top_range
)
4955 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4956 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4957 that many pixels tall. */
4958 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4960 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4961 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4963 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4964 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4965 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4966 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4967 inside_width
, start
,
4970 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4971 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4972 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4973 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4975 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4976 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4977 /* x, y, width, height */
4978 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4979 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4980 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4982 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4983 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4984 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4985 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4987 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4988 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4989 if (end
< inside_height
)
4990 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4991 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4992 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4993 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4994 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5002 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5004 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5008 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5009 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5011 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5014 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5016 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5017 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5018 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5019 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5021 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5024 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5025 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5031 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5032 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5033 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5037 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5039 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5041 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5042 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5043 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5044 int window_y
, window_height
;
5046 /* Get window dimensions. */
5047 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5049 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5050 height
= window_height
;
5052 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5053 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5055 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5056 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5057 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5058 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5062 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5063 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5064 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5066 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5067 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5071 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5072 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5073 : width
- sb_width
));
5075 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5076 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5081 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5082 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5084 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5087 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5088 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5092 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5096 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5097 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5099 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5103 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5105 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5107 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5109 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5112 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5116 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5117 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5119 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5120 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5124 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5126 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5129 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5130 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5131 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5132 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5133 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5134 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5135 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5137 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5138 max (height
, 1), 0);
5140 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5141 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5143 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5144 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5145 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5147 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5148 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5150 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5151 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5152 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5156 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5157 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5158 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5161 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5162 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5163 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5165 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5166 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5167 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5168 rest
, height
, False
);
5170 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5171 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5175 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5180 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5182 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5184 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5188 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5190 /* Remember new settings. */
5191 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5192 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5193 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5194 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5199 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5200 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5201 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5202 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5204 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5206 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5209 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5212 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5213 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5214 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5217 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5219 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5223 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5224 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5225 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5226 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5227 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5228 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5229 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5231 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5232 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5233 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5236 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5239 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5240 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5243 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5244 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5245 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5246 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5247 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5248 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5249 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5254 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5255 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5258 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5259 struct window
*window
;
5261 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5264 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5265 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5268 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5270 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5271 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5272 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5274 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5276 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5277 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5279 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5280 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5281 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5283 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5284 one or the other! */
5288 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5290 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5291 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5293 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5295 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5296 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5297 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5300 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5301 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5304 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5307 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5309 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5311 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5312 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5313 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5315 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5317 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5319 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5322 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5325 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5326 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5330 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5331 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5332 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5334 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5338 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5339 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5342 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5343 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5344 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5345 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5349 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5351 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5352 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5354 /* x, y, width, height */
5356 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5357 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5362 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5364 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5365 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5367 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5372 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5373 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5375 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5377 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5380 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5381 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5382 emacs_event
->modifiers
5383 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5384 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5385 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5386 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5389 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5390 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5391 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5394 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5396 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5399 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5400 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5403 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5405 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5406 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5407 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5408 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5410 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5412 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5413 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5414 whether or not we're dragging. */
5416 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5418 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5419 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5420 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5423 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5424 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5425 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5426 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5428 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5429 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5431 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5432 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5436 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5438 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5440 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5441 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5443 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5445 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5448 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5452 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5454 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5456 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5460 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5461 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5464 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5466 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5469 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5471 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5472 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5474 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5475 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5477 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5479 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5481 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5486 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5488 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5489 on the scroll bar. */
5492 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5494 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5495 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5497 unsigned long *time
;
5499 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5500 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5501 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5503 Window dummy_window
;
5505 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5509 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5511 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5513 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5514 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5515 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5517 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5520 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5527 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5530 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5532 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5534 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5535 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5539 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5543 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5545 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5546 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5547 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5548 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5549 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5550 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5552 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5554 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5555 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5558 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5561 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5567 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5568 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5569 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5573 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5576 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5579 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5580 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5581 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5582 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5583 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5584 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5585 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5586 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5588 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5592 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5594 struct selection_event_queue
5597 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5600 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5602 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5604 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5606 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5609 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5613 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5614 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5616 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5618 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5619 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5624 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5625 so that they get processed afresh. */
5628 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5631 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5633 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5634 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5635 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5636 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5640 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5643 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5646 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5649 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5652 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5655 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5656 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5659 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5662 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5663 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5664 sometimes don't work. */
5666 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5669 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5670 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5671 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5672 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5674 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5675 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5677 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5679 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5680 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5682 static int temp_index
;
5683 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5685 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5686 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5688 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5690 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5691 on a particular display. */
5693 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5695 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5696 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5697 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5698 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5700 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5702 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5705 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5706 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5707 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5708 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5709 inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5710 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); \
5714 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5715 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5725 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5726 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5727 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5729 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5731 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5735 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5736 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5739 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5740 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5741 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5744 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5745 event
->xclient
.window
);
5747 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5752 static int current_count
;
5753 static int current_finish
;
5754 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5756 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5757 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5758 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5759 static GdkFilterReturn
5760 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5765 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5767 if (current_count
>= 0)
5769 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5771 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5774 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5775 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5776 so we do it here. */
5777 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5778 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5779 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5783 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5787 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5792 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5794 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5795 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5797 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5799 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5802 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5804 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5805 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5806 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5808 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5811 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5812 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5815 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5817 struct input_event inev
;
5822 struct coding_system coding
;
5823 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5825 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5828 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5835 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5836 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5837 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5839 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5840 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5842 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5843 could be the shell widget window
5844 if the frame has no title bar. */
5845 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5847 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5848 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5849 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5851 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5852 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5853 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5854 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5855 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5858 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5859 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5860 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5861 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5864 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5865 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5866 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5869 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5870 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5871 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5872 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5873 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5874 /* The ICCCM says this is
5875 the only valid choice. */
5877 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5878 /* This is needed to detect the error
5879 if there is an error. */
5881 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5883 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5888 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5889 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5891 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5892 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5893 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5894 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5895 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5896 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5897 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5898 session manager and one for this. */
5900 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5903 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5904 event
.xclient
.window
);
5905 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5906 for a single Emacs process. */
5907 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5908 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5909 event
.xclient
.window
,
5910 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5912 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5913 event
.xclient
.window
,
5919 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5920 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5922 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5923 event
.xclient
.window
);
5925 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5927 inev
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5928 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5935 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5936 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5941 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5942 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5945 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5947 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5948 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5952 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5959 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5960 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5962 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5963 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5967 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5969 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5970 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5971 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5972 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5974 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5975 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5976 currently never do because we are interested in
5977 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5978 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5979 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5980 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5981 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5985 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5986 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5987 we construct an input_event. */
5988 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5989 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5991 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
);
5992 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5995 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5997 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6002 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
))
6003 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6007 case SelectionNotify
:
6008 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6009 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6011 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6012 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6015 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6016 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6017 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6019 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6021 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6023 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6024 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
6025 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
6026 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
6027 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6031 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6032 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6033 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6035 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6036 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
6037 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
6041 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6042 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6044 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6045 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
6046 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6047 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
6048 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
) = eventp
->target
;
6049 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
) = eventp
->property
;
6050 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
6051 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6055 case PropertyNotify
:
6056 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6057 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6058 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6059 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6060 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6064 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6067 case ReparentNotify
:
6068 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6072 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6073 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6077 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6078 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6083 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6086 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6088 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6090 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6091 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6092 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6093 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6097 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6098 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6102 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6103 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6105 #if defined USE_LUCID
6106 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6107 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6108 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6111 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6113 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6115 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6117 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6118 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6120 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6121 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6122 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6125 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6126 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6129 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6130 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6134 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6135 source area was obscured or not
6137 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6141 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6142 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6143 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6145 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6148 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6151 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6152 source area was completely
6157 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6158 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6161 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6164 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6165 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6166 the frame was deleted. */
6168 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6169 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6170 display that won't ever be seen. */
6171 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6172 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6173 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6174 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6175 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6176 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6177 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6178 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6180 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6182 inev
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6183 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6189 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6190 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6191 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6194 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6195 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6196 frame is visible. */
6197 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6200 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6201 the frame's display structures.
6202 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6203 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6204 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6205 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6206 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6207 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6209 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6210 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6211 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6215 inev
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6216 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6218 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6219 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6220 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6221 to update the frame titles
6222 in case this is the second frame. */
6223 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6229 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6231 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6232 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6233 if (popup_activated ())
6237 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6239 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6241 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6242 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6245 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6248 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6249 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6250 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6252 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6254 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6255 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6258 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6262 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6263 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6264 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6267 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6268 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6269 status_return even if the input is too long to
6270 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6271 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6272 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6273 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6274 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6275 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6276 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6278 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6282 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6283 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6284 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6286 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6290 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6291 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6292 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6294 /* This will have to go some day... */
6296 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6297 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6298 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6299 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6300 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6301 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6302 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6304 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6305 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6306 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6307 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6308 not it is combined with Meta. */
6309 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6310 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6315 Status status_return
;
6317 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6318 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6319 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6320 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6322 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6324 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6325 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6326 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6327 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6328 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6331 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6332 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6333 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6334 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6335 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6336 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6337 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6338 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6340 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6342 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6343 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6344 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6347 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6353 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6355 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6360 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6361 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6365 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6366 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6369 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6370 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6374 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6375 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6376 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6379 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6381 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6382 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6384 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6385 inev
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6387 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6388 translations to characters. */
6389 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6390 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6392 inev
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6397 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6398 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6399 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6403 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6404 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6405 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6406 inev
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6410 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6411 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6412 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6413 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6414 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6415 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6417 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6418 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6420 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6421 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6422 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6423 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6424 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6425 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6427 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6428 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6430 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6431 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6433 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6434 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6436 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6437 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6439 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6440 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6442 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6443 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6460 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6461 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6463 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6464 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6466 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6467 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6468 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6469 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6470 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6471 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6473 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6474 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6477 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6479 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6480 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6481 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6482 don't have real modifiers but
6483 should be treated similarly to
6484 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6485 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6486 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6488 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6489 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6493 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6494 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6496 inev
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6501 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6506 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6507 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6508 we used just above and the locale. */
6509 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6510 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6511 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6512 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6513 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6514 gives us composition information. */
6515 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6517 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6519 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6523 /* Decode the input data. */
6527 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6528 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6529 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6530 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6531 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6532 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6533 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6534 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6535 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6539 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6540 character events. */
6541 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6543 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6544 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6546 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6548 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6549 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6550 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6552 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6555 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6556 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6559 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6561 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6567 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6568 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6577 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6578 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6586 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6588 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6590 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6591 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6594 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6596 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6597 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6599 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6601 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6602 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6605 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6606 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6609 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6610 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6611 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6612 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6616 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6620 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6622 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6625 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6627 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6628 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6629 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6630 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6633 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6634 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6635 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6636 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6637 if (any_help_event_p
)
6643 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6648 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6649 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6652 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6653 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6654 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6656 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6658 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6660 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6661 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6667 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6668 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6672 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6673 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6676 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6677 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6678 will be selected iff it is active. */
6679 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6680 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6681 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6683 inev
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6684 inev
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6689 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6693 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6694 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6695 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6696 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6699 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6700 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6702 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6703 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6704 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6707 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6708 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6709 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6710 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6715 case ConfigureNotify
:
6716 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6719 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6721 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6722 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6723 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6724 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6725 do this one, the right one will come later.
6726 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6727 need to reset it below. */
6729 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6730 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6731 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6732 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6737 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6738 is called by the code that handles resizing
6739 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6741 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6742 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6743 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6744 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6745 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6746 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6747 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6749 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6750 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6751 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6753 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6756 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6757 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6760 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6761 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6762 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6763 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6766 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6767 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6768 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6770 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6771 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6772 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6776 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6777 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6780 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6782 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6783 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6784 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6785 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6793 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6794 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6797 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6799 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6801 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6802 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6804 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6808 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6809 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6810 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6813 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6814 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6816 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6817 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6819 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6820 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6822 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6823 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6824 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6830 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6831 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6833 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6834 if (! popup_activated ())
6837 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6839 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6840 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6842 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6843 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6845 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6846 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6849 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6855 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6856 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6857 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6859 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6860 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6862 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6864 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6865 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6867 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6869 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6870 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6873 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6875 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6876 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6877 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6878 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6879 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6885 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6888 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6890 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6891 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6892 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6893 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6894 Instead, save it away
6895 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6896 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6899 ! popup_activated ()
6902 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6903 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6904 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6905 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6906 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6907 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6908 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6909 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6911 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6912 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6914 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6917 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6919 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6923 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6924 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6925 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6927 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6929 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6930 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6931 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6936 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6939 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6943 case CirculateNotify
:
6946 case CirculateRequest
:
6949 case VisibilityNotify
:
6953 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6955 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6957 case MappingModifier
:
6958 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6959 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6960 case MappingKeyboard
:
6961 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6967 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6969 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6970 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6972 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6977 if (inev
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6979 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6984 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6989 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6995 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6996 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6997 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7001 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7002 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7012 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7013 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7014 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7016 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7018 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7022 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7023 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7025 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7028 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7034 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7035 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7036 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7038 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7039 thus pretending to be `read'.
7041 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7044 XTread_socket (display
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7045 struct display
*display
;
7047 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7051 int event_found
= 0;
7052 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7054 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7056 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7060 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7063 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7064 input_signal_count
++;
7068 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7069 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7070 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7072 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7074 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7075 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7076 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7077 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7078 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7079 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7082 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7083 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7084 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7085 for X connections. */
7088 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7090 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7091 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7092 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7093 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7095 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7099 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7100 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7102 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7103 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7108 struct input_event inev
;
7110 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7111 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7112 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7114 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7122 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7126 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7129 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7130 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7135 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7137 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7140 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7145 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7146 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7147 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7148 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7150 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7151 from all displays. */
7153 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7155 current_count
= count
;
7156 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7158 gtk_main_iteration ();
7160 count
= current_count
;
7162 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7164 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7167 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7171 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7172 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7175 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7176 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7177 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7179 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7183 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7184 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7186 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7188 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7189 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7193 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7195 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7196 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7198 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7199 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7211 /***********************************************************************
7213 ***********************************************************************/
7215 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7216 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7218 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7219 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7220 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7223 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
)
7225 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7228 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7229 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7230 int window_y
, window_width
;
7232 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7234 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7235 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7236 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7237 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7238 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7240 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7244 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7247 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7249 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7251 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7252 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7253 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7256 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7259 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7260 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7261 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7262 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7265 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7266 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7267 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7269 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7270 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7271 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7272 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7273 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7275 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7277 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7278 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7280 /* Compute the proper height and ascent of the rectangle, based
7281 on the actual glyph. Using the full height of the row looks
7282 bad when there are tall images on that row. */
7283 h
= max (min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), row
->height
),
7284 cursor_glyph
->ascent
+ cursor_glyph
->descent
);
7285 if (h
< row
->height
)
7286 y
+= row
->ascent
/* - w->phys_cursor_ascent */ + cursor_glyph
->descent
- h
;
7289 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7290 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7291 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7292 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7293 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7295 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7296 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7297 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7299 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7300 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7301 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7302 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7306 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7308 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7309 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7310 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7314 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7316 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7318 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7320 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7321 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7323 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7324 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7326 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7327 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7330 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7331 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7332 the bar might not be in the window. */
7333 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7335 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7336 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7337 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7341 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7342 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7343 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7344 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7345 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7348 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7349 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7350 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7351 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7352 that the glyph is legible. */
7353 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7354 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7356 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7357 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7360 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7363 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7364 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7368 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7369 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7371 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7372 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7374 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7375 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7376 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7377 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7378 width
, row
->height
);
7380 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7381 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7382 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7383 row
->height
- width
),
7384 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7387 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7392 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7395 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7399 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7403 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7406 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7408 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7410 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7411 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7415 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7418 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7420 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7422 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7425 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7429 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7430 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7432 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7433 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7435 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7436 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7439 switch (cursor_type
)
7441 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7442 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7445 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7446 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7450 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7454 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7458 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7466 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7467 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7468 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7473 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7474 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7481 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7484 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7490 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7493 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7494 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7495 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7496 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7501 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7502 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7503 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7505 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7506 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7507 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7511 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7512 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7514 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7515 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7516 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7517 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7520 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7521 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7522 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7523 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7524 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7526 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7529 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7530 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7536 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7537 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7540 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7544 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7550 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7551 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7553 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7554 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7556 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7557 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7558 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7560 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7561 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7562 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7563 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7568 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7570 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7571 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7573 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7575 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7576 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7577 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7580 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7584 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7585 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7586 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7589 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7590 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7593 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7594 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7595 stored in x_error_message_string.
7597 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7598 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7600 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7602 void x_check_errors ();
7603 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7606 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7609 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7611 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7614 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7615 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7616 x_error_message_string
));
7618 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7619 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7624 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7627 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7628 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7630 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7631 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7633 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7634 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7635 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7638 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7642 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7643 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7644 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7647 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7651 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7654 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7655 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7658 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7659 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7662 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7665 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7668 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7671 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7674 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7677 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7680 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7681 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7682 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7683 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7686 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7690 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7694 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7697 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7702 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7703 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7704 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7705 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7706 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7709 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7710 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7713 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7714 must reestablish each time */
7715 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7720 /************************************************************************
7722 ************************************************************************/
7724 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7726 static char *error_msg
;
7728 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7729 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7730 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7733 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7735 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7739 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7740 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7743 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7745 char *error_message
;
7747 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7748 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7750 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7752 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7753 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7754 handling_signal
= 0;
7756 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7757 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7758 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7759 the original message here. */
7760 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7762 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7763 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7764 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7766 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7767 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7768 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7770 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7771 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7773 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7774 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7775 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7777 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7778 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7779 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7782 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7783 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7784 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7785 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7791 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7794 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7796 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7798 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7799 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7801 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7802 that are on the dead display. */
7803 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7805 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7807 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7808 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7809 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7810 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7811 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7812 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7815 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7816 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7817 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7818 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7819 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7820 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7822 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7823 trying to find a replacement. */
7824 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7825 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7829 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7831 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7833 if (display_list
== 0)
7835 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7836 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7840 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7842 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7844 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7845 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7847 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7848 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7849 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7853 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7854 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7855 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7858 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7862 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7864 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7865 original error handler. */
7867 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7868 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7869 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7870 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7874 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7875 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7878 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7882 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7883 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7885 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7889 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7890 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7891 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7894 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7899 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7900 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7904 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7906 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7907 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7908 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7909 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7912 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7914 register char *fontname
;
7916 struct font_info
*fontp
7917 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7922 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7923 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7924 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7926 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7927 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7929 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7931 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7932 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7934 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7935 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7936 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7940 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7941 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7944 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7945 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7947 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7948 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7949 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7950 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7951 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7952 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7954 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7955 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7956 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7957 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7958 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7961 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7964 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7965 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7966 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7967 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7970 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7974 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7980 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7981 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7983 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7985 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7987 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7988 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7991 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7992 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7996 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7997 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8000 return build_string (fontsetname
);
8004 /***********************************************************************
8006 ***********************************************************************/
8012 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8013 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8014 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8017 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8019 XPointer client_data
;
8022 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8023 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8027 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8028 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8030 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8031 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8033 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8034 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
8036 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
8037 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
8042 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8043 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8044 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8048 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8051 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8052 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8055 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8056 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8059 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8060 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8061 char *resource_name
;
8068 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8075 XIMCallback destroy
;
8078 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8079 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8082 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8083 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8084 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8090 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8091 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8095 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8099 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8100 char *resource_name
;
8103 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8104 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8105 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8106 when the callback was registered. */
8109 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8111 XPointer client_data
;
8114 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8115 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8117 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8121 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8123 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8124 as they have no XIC. */
8125 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8127 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8130 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8132 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8135 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8136 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8138 create_frame_xic (f
);
8139 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8140 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8141 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8143 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8144 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8153 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8156 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8157 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8158 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8159 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8162 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8163 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8164 char *resource_name
;
8169 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8170 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8173 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8174 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8175 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8176 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8177 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8178 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8179 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8180 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8181 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8182 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8183 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8184 least, hence the configure test. */
8185 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8186 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8187 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8188 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8189 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8193 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8194 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8198 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8201 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8202 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8207 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8208 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8209 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8211 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8212 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8213 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8214 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8215 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8216 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8218 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8221 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8225 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8226 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8229 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8232 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8233 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8235 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8236 is already for the top-left corner. */
8237 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8240 /* Find the offsets of the outside upper-left corner of
8241 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8242 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8243 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8244 /* This is to get *_pixels_outer_diff. */
8245 x_real_positions (f
, &win_x
, &win_y
);
8247 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8248 position that fits on the screen. */
8249 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8250 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8251 - 2 * FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8252 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8256 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8258 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8259 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8260 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8262 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8263 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8264 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8265 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8268 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8269 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8271 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8274 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8275 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8276 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->y_pixels_outer_diff
8278 /* Assume the window manager decorations are the same size on
8279 three sides, i.e. left, right and bottom. This is to
8280 compensate for the bottom part. */
8281 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8286 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8287 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8288 so the flags should correspond. */
8289 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8292 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8293 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8294 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8295 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8296 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8299 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8301 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8304 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8306 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8310 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8312 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8314 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8315 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8317 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8320 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8322 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8323 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8325 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8327 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8328 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8329 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8330 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8331 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8334 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8335 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8337 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8338 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8340 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8341 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8342 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8348 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8349 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8351 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8354 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8356 int width
, height
, ign
;
8358 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8360 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8362 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8363 when setting WM manager hints.
8364 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8365 x_check_expected_move. */
8366 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8368 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8369 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8370 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8372 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8373 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8378 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8380 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8381 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8382 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8383 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8385 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8388 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8390 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8391 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8393 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8395 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8396 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8397 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8399 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8401 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8402 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8404 /* Just do this once */
8405 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8410 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8411 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8412 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8413 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8416 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8421 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8423 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8424 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8425 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8427 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8428 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8429 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8431 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8433 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8434 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8436 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8437 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8439 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8440 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8441 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8443 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8444 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8445 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8446 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8448 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8449 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8450 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8451 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8452 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8454 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8456 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8457 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8458 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8460 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8461 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8462 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8463 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8464 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8466 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8470 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8471 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8472 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8473 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8476 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8484 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8485 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8487 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8490 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8492 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8493 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8494 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8495 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8496 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8497 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8498 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8499 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8500 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8503 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8505 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8507 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8509 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8511 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8512 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8514 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8515 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8516 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8517 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8518 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8523 /* Mouse warping. */
8526 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8532 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8533 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8535 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8536 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8538 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8539 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8543 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8544 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8548 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8551 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8557 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8558 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8562 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8565 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8568 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8572 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8573 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8574 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8575 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8576 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8585 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8586 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8587 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8588 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8592 /* Raise frame F. */
8598 if (f
->async_visible
)
8601 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8602 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8607 /* Lower frame F. */
8613 if (f
->async_visible
)
8616 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8617 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8623 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8633 /* Change of visibility. */
8635 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8636 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8637 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8638 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8639 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8640 finishes with it. */
8643 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8647 int original_top
, original_left
;
8648 int retry_count
= 2;
8654 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8656 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8658 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8660 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8661 call x_set_offset a second time
8662 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8663 before the window gets really visible. */
8664 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8665 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8666 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8668 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8670 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8671 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8672 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8673 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8674 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8675 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8677 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8678 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8680 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8681 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8682 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8683 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8684 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8685 to come back ok without this. */
8686 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8687 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8691 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8693 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8694 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8695 so that incoming events are handled. */
8699 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8700 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8701 will set it when they are handled. */
8702 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8704 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8705 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8707 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8710 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8712 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8713 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8714 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8715 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8717 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8718 because the window manager may choose the position
8719 and we don't want to override it. */
8721 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8722 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8723 && previously_visible
)
8727 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8731 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8732 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8733 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8734 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8735 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8736 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8737 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8738 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8739 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8741 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8742 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8743 original_left
, original_top
);
8748 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8750 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8751 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8752 MapNotify at all.. */
8753 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8754 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8756 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8759 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8760 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8761 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8762 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8763 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8765 if (input_polling_used ())
8767 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8768 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8769 handler reset it. */
8770 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8771 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8772 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8773 poll_for_input_1 ();
8774 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8777 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8778 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8783 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8787 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8788 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8789 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8790 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8792 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8797 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8799 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8802 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8807 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8808 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8810 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8811 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8812 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8814 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8815 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8821 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8822 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8823 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8824 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8825 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8826 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8829 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8830 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8836 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8837 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8839 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8840 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8842 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8844 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8845 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8849 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8850 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8851 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8852 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8853 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8854 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8856 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8859 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8860 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8864 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8865 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8866 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8869 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8870 just by the event that we get from the server.
8871 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8872 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8873 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8875 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8876 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8877 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8884 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8893 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8894 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8895 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8897 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8902 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8904 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8906 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8909 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8911 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8912 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8914 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8917 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8918 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8924 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8926 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8928 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8929 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8930 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8931 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8932 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8933 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8934 so we have to record it here. */
8937 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8938 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8943 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8944 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8945 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8949 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8951 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8952 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8956 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8958 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8960 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8961 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8962 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8963 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8965 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8966 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8968 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8969 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8973 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8974 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8975 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8976 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8977 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8979 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8980 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8982 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8985 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8986 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8990 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8992 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8994 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8996 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8997 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9000 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9001 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9003 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9005 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9009 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9012 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9015 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9017 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9021 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9022 commands to the X server. */
9023 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9025 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9026 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9028 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9029 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9030 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9031 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9032 toolkit scroll bars. */
9033 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9035 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9036 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9045 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9046 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9048 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9049 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9051 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9052 we are using a toolkit. */
9053 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9054 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9056 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9057 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9060 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9061 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9062 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9064 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9065 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9066 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9068 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9070 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9071 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9072 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9074 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9075 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9076 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9077 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9078 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9079 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9081 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9082 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9083 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9084 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9085 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9086 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9087 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9088 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9089 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9090 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9091 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9092 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9093 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9094 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9095 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9097 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9098 free_frame_faces (f
);
9101 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9104 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9105 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9107 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9108 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9110 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9111 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9112 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9113 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9114 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9115 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9117 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9119 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9120 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9121 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9122 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9123 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9124 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9125 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9132 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9135 x_destroy_window (f
)
9138 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9140 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9141 commands to the X server. */
9142 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9143 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9145 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9149 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9151 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9152 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9153 that the window now has.
9154 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9155 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9156 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9160 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9165 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9167 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9170 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9173 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9175 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9176 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9178 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9179 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9181 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9182 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9183 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9184 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9185 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9186 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9187 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9188 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9189 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9190 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9192 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9193 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9194 size_hints
.max_width
9195 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9196 size_hints
.max_height
9197 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9199 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9201 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9202 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9203 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9205 int base_width
, base_height
;
9206 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9208 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9209 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9211 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9213 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9214 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9215 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9216 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9217 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9219 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9220 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9221 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9224 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9225 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9226 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9227 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9228 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9230 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9231 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9235 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9238 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9241 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9244 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9245 long supplied_return
;
9249 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9252 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9255 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9256 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9257 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9258 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9259 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9263 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9268 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9269 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9270 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9271 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9272 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9273 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9274 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9275 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9279 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9284 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9285 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9289 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9290 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9292 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9295 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9297 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9300 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9302 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9305 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9309 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9312 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9313 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9314 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9315 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9317 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9318 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9320 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9321 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9325 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9329 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9331 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9332 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9337 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9338 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9339 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9340 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9344 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9345 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9346 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9347 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9348 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9349 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9350 best to explicitly give up. */
9352 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9353 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9359 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9363 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9364 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9365 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9366 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9369 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9371 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9372 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9374 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9378 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9382 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9384 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9385 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9386 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9388 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9392 /***********************************************************************
9394 ***********************************************************************/
9396 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9399 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9403 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9407 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9409 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9412 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9414 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9415 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9416 on how many fonts to match. */
9419 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9421 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9425 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9426 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9427 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9428 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9429 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9430 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9432 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9436 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9440 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9441 if (NILP (patterns
))
9442 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9444 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9445 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9446 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9448 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9451 char **names
= NULL
;
9453 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9454 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9455 The cache is an alist of the form:
9456 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9457 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9458 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9459 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9460 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9463 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9464 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9468 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9471 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9473 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9476 unsigned long value
;
9478 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9479 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9481 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9482 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9484 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9488 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9490 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9491 int len
= strlen (name
);
9494 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9495 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9496 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9498 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9502 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9503 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9505 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9506 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9511 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9514 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9517 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9519 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9520 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9527 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9528 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9531 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9540 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9543 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9545 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9546 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9548 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9552 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9559 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9560 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9561 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9565 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9567 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9568 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9569 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9570 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9571 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9572 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9577 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9579 else if (dashes
== 9)
9581 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9582 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9585 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9586 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9588 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9589 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9591 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9592 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9593 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9595 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9596 width of this font. */
9597 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9599 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9600 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9605 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9608 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9613 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9614 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9615 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9618 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9620 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9621 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9622 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9628 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9632 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9636 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9638 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9639 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9640 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9643 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9644 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9645 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9646 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9648 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9649 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9651 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9653 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9659 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9661 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9663 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9667 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9668 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9669 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9670 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9673 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9674 if (found_size
== size
)
9675 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9676 else if (found_size
> 0)
9678 if (NILP (second_best
))
9680 else if (found_size
< size
)
9682 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9683 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9688 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9689 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9694 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9696 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9698 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9709 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9713 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9718 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9720 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9722 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9723 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9724 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9727 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9730 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9732 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9733 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9734 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9735 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9736 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9739 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9743 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9744 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9746 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9747 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9748 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9750 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9754 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9755 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9756 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9757 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9758 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9761 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9765 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9767 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9768 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9770 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9771 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9773 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9774 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9776 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9779 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9780 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9781 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9783 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9784 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9787 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9788 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9790 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9791 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9792 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9796 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9797 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9798 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9799 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9802 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9804 register char *fontname
;
9807 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9808 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9811 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9812 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9813 we already have by comparing names. */
9814 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9816 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9821 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9822 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9823 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9824 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9825 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9826 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9827 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9828 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9831 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9835 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9836 unsigned long value
;
9839 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9840 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9841 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9842 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9843 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9844 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9845 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9848 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9849 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9850 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9852 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9853 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9855 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9857 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9862 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9863 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9864 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9867 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9868 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9869 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9872 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9873 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9875 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9878 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9879 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9882 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9884 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9886 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9887 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9888 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9890 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9892 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9894 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9898 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9899 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9901 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9912 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9913 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9920 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9922 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9924 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9925 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9927 if (NILP (font_names
))
9929 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9930 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9931 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9932 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9933 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9934 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9937 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9939 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9940 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9942 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9945 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9947 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9949 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9950 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9952 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9956 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9957 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9958 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9959 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9960 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9961 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9962 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9963 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9965 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9967 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9968 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9969 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9970 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9971 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9973 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9974 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9975 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9976 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9977 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9978 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9979 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9980 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9981 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9982 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9983 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9984 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9985 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9987 fontp
->baseline_offset
9988 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9989 ? (long) value
: 0);
9990 fontp
->relative_compose
9991 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9992 ? (long) value
: 0);
9993 fontp
->default_ascent
9994 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9995 ? (long) value
: 0);
9997 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9998 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9999 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10000 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10001 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10002 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10009 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10010 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10013 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10015 register char *fontname
;
10017 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10020 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10021 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10022 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10023 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10024 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10029 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10030 `encoder' of the structure. */
10033 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10034 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10036 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10039 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10043 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10044 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10046 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10053 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10054 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10056 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10059 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10065 /***********************************************************************
10067 ***********************************************************************/
10069 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10070 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10071 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10072 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10074 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10075 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10076 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10078 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10079 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10080 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10081 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10082 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10083 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10084 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10086 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10088 static int x_initialized
;
10090 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10091 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10092 the screen number from the server number. */
10094 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10095 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10097 int seen_colon
= 0;
10098 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10099 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10100 int length_until_period
= 0;
10102 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10103 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10104 length_until_period
++;
10106 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10107 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10109 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10111 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10112 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10113 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10114 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10115 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10116 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10117 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10118 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10119 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10120 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10121 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10122 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10123 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10124 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10126 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10130 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10134 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10135 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10139 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10140 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10143 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10144 unsigned long mask
;
10151 while (!(mask
& 1))
10167 struct x_display_info
*
10168 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10169 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10171 char *resource_name
;
10175 struct display
*display
;
10176 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10181 if (!x_initialized
)
10189 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10191 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10192 char **argv2
= argv
;
10195 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10197 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10198 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10199 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10200 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10201 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10205 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10209 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10211 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10213 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10214 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10217 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10218 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10221 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10224 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10226 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10230 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10232 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10233 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10235 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10237 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10238 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10239 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10241 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10242 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10243 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10245 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10246 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10251 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10252 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10255 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10256 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10257 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10259 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10260 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10261 So let's not use it until R6. */
10262 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10263 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10274 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10275 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10277 turn_on_atimers (0);
10278 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10279 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10280 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10282 turn_on_atimers (1);
10284 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10285 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10290 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10292 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10294 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10295 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10296 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10298 /* Detect failure. */
10305 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10307 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10308 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10310 display
= x_create_frame_display (dpyinfo
);
10312 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10314 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10317 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10318 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10319 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10320 SDATA (display_name
)))
10323 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10326 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10327 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10328 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10330 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10332 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10333 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10334 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10338 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10339 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10340 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10341 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10342 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10343 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10344 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10346 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10350 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10351 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10352 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10354 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10355 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10356 x_display_name_list
);
10357 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10359 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10361 /* Set the name of the display. */
10362 display
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10363 strncpy (display
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10364 display
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10367 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10371 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10372 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10374 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10375 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10377 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10378 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10380 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10382 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10383 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10384 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10386 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10387 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10389 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10390 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10391 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10392 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10394 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10396 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10398 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10400 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10401 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10402 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10403 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10404 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10405 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10406 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10407 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10408 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10409 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10410 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10411 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10412 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10413 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10414 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10415 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10416 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10417 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10418 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10419 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10420 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10421 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10422 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10423 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10424 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10425 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10426 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10427 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10428 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10429 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10430 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10431 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10432 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10434 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10435 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10436 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10438 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10440 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10441 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10442 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10443 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10444 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10445 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10448 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10449 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10451 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10454 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10455 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10456 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10458 if (STRINGP (value
)
10459 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10460 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10461 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10465 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10466 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10469 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10470 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10471 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10472 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10473 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10474 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10475 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10476 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10477 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10480 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10481 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10482 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10483 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10484 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10485 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10486 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10487 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10488 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10489 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10491 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10492 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10493 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10494 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10495 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10496 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10497 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10498 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10499 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10500 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10501 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10502 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10503 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10504 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10505 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10506 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10507 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10508 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10509 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10510 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10511 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10512 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10513 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10514 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10515 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10516 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10517 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10518 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10519 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10520 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10521 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10522 /* For properties of font. */
10523 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10524 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10525 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10526 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10527 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10528 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10529 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10530 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10532 /* Ghostscript support. */
10533 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10534 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10536 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10539 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10541 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10542 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10547 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10549 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10550 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10551 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10556 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10557 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10559 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10561 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10562 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10566 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10569 #ifdef subprocesses
10570 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10571 if (connection
!= 0)
10572 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10575 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10577 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10578 /* stdin is a socket here */
10579 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10580 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10581 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10582 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10583 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10584 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10587 if (interrupt_input
)
10588 init_sigio (connection
);
10589 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10592 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10593 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10594 so that Xt does not crash. */
10596 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10597 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10601 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10602 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10603 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10604 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10605 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10606 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10607 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10608 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10610 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10611 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10612 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10617 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10618 for debugging X code. */
10621 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10622 build_string ("synchronous"),
10623 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10625 if (STRINGP (value
)
10626 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10627 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10628 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10633 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10634 build_string ("useXIM"),
10635 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10638 if (STRINGP (value
)
10639 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10640 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10643 if (STRINGP (value
)
10644 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10645 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10651 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10652 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10653 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10661 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10662 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10665 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10666 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10671 /* Delete the generic struct display for this X display. */
10673 for (d
= display_list
; d
; d
= d
->next_display
)
10674 if (d
->type
== output_x_window
&& d
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10676 delete_display (d
);
10681 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10683 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10684 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10685 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10686 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10687 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10692 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10693 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10695 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10697 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10700 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10704 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10705 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10707 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10708 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10711 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10713 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10714 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10715 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10718 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10719 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10720 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10723 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10724 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10725 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10729 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10732 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10733 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10734 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10736 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10737 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10738 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10741 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
&& dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10742 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10744 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
10745 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10746 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10747 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10751 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10753 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10754 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10755 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10756 that slows us down. */
10759 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10760 struct atimer
*timer
;
10762 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10765 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10766 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10771 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10774 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10776 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10778 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10780 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10784 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10786 x_after_update_window_line
,
10787 x_update_window_begin
,
10788 x_update_window_end
,
10794 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10796 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10797 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10798 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10799 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10800 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10801 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10804 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10805 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10806 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10807 x_clear_frame_area
,
10808 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10809 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10810 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10814 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10816 x_delete_frame_display (struct display
*display
)
10818 /* We don't do anything, the connection to the X server must remain
10824 x_create_frame_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10826 struct display
*display
;
10828 display
= create_display ();
10830 display
->type
= output_x_window
;
10831 display
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10832 dpyinfo
->frame_display
= display
;
10834 display
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10835 display
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10836 display
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10837 display
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10838 display
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10839 display
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10840 display
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10841 display
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10842 display
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10843 display
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10844 display
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10845 display
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10846 display
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10847 display
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10848 display
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10849 display
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10850 display
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10851 display
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10853 display
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10854 display
->delete_display_hook
= x_delete_frame_display
;
10856 display
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10857 display
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10858 display
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10859 display
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10860 display
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10861 display
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10873 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10874 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10875 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10878 current_count
= -1;
10881 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10882 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10884 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10885 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10887 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10889 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10890 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10891 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10892 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10893 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10894 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10895 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10897 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10899 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10900 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10901 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10902 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10903 widgets don't behave normally. */
10905 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10906 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10907 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10911 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10913 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10914 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10918 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10919 original error handler. */
10920 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10921 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10923 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10924 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
10926 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10927 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10930 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10937 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10938 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10940 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10941 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10943 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10944 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10946 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10947 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10949 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10950 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10951 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10952 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10954 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10955 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10957 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10958 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10959 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10960 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10961 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10962 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10963 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10965 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10966 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10967 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10968 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10969 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10970 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10971 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10972 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10973 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10975 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10976 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10977 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10978 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10979 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10981 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10982 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10983 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10985 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10987 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10990 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10993 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10994 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10996 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10997 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10998 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10999 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11000 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11001 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11002 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11003 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11004 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11006 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11007 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11008 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11009 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11010 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11011 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11013 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11014 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11015 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11016 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11017 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11018 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11020 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11021 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11022 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11023 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11024 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11025 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11027 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11028 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11029 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11030 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11031 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11032 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11034 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11035 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11036 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11037 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11038 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11042 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11044 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11045 (do not change this comment) */